|
Thursday June 12, 2025
|
|
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- TH, AM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
7:45 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Greene-Hills School Pickleball Unit
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Hydrorider- Thurs, AM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM
|
ESPN Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
|
Hartford Job Corp
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM
|
Bristol Blues Game
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM
|
USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation
This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL/BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL/BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL/BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL/BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Bristol Soccer Club
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Bristol Soccer Club
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Bristol Soccer Club
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Bristol Youth Lacrosse
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Toilet League @ Sorry, Running Late
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Calm Yo Tips @ Sets on the Beach
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rapids Softball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Co-Ed Softball
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sets on the Beach @ Sorry, Running Late
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Toilet League @ Calm Yo Tips
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- TH, PM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Just Keep Swinging @ Roofing Service
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Bazooka @ TBD
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Barefoot Ballers @ Out of the Blue
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sandy Cheeks @ Crankdat
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Just Keep Swinging @ Out of the Blue
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sandy Cheeks @ TBD
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Barefoot Ballers @ Crankdat
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Bazooka @ Roofing Service
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday June 26, 2025
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp - You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp
Program Description:This week long basketball camp is designed to provide young athletes with an immersive and structured experience to improve their basketball skills, enhance their understanding of the game, and boost their confidence on the court. This camp is ideal for participants of all skill levels who are eager to develop fundamental techniques, work on specific skills and game-like scenarios, and enjoy the thrill of competitive play in a supportive environment. This basketball camp will provide:
Development of basketball fundamental and competitive games.
Daily contests, prizes, and give-a-ways for each camper.
Award ceremony on the final day of camp.
Fully insured, safe environment.
This camp is open to GIRLS AND BOYS entering grades 2-9. Campers will be competitively split up into age, gender, and ability groups to challenge their potential. Program Benefits:- Campers will be able to demonstrate the triple threat position.- Campers will learn 21 different basketball moves from various spots on the floor.- Campers will be challenged to grow as a player and have more basketball confidence while having fun. About the Instructor:Bret Nichols, Director of a high school counseling department, author, motivational speaker, and professional basketball player, who played in Ireland, England, and the against the world famous Harlem Globetrotters, is the founder of You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp. Bret will lead the camp experience alongside other coaches with high-level playing and coaching experience.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Skyhawks Sports and Games Camp - Sports & Games Camp - Session 1
Program Description:This camp will use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of many different popular sports and games. Sports and games include capture the flag, soccer, ultimate Frisbee, basketball, kickball, baseball, 4 square, flag football, team handball, and many more. Kids will play 2-4 different games/sports each day. About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding for each game/sport played. - Have a basic understanding of life skills. - Be able to work with their peers to achieve a common goal.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Learning Through Books - Learning Through Books
Program Description:Learning Through Books is a free developmental play group for Bristol Residents where parents and children ages 2 - 5 years use books and crafts to explore language, social emotional skills, counting, and engage with other parents, caregivers, and children. Books are read aloud to the group and provided for each child to take home. Craft materials and snacks are provided for each session as well. Please note, registration for this program closes at 11:59 PM on Sunday, June 15th. About the Instructor: Aubrey Minkler is the Community Services Coordinator for the City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services department. For more information, please contact Aubrey at (860) 314-4690 or aubreyminkler@bristolct.govProgram Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will be able to: - listen and engage with one book per week. - explore sounds, words, and language through imaginative play. - identify different emotions.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM
|
ESPN Softball League
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Food Explorers: Culinary Summer Camps - Cooking Around the World - AM Camp
Program Descriptions:Join Food Explorers in creating delicious food and gain confidence in the kitchen! The ultimate summer adventure for young chefs and food enthusiasts, these camps offer a fun, hands-on learning experience designed to empower and inspire creativity in the kitchen and build a love for cooking while listening to their bodies. All recipes are nut free but do contain eggs, dairy and gluten. Ingredient substitutions are not possible.Program Note:Children who are registered for both the AM and PM camps must be picked up at the conclusion of the AM camp and dropped off again at the start of the PM camp. No supervision is available for the hour between sessions. We appreciate your understanding and cooperation. Program Benefits: Upon completion of each camp, participants will be able to: - explore and cook a variety of recipes related to the program's theme. - practice essential cooking and baking skills such as chopping, mixing, and plating. - work together to follow a multi-leveled recipe in a social, relaxed environment.About the Instructors: The Food Explorers team aims to inspire and empower children to learn valuable cooking skills and nurture a positive relationship with food. All Food Explorers recipes are uniquely designed to challenge kids in the kitchen and introduce them to new foods, flavors and cultures. Food Explorers instructors are trained around the concept of “Food Neutrality” in order to help children discover the joys of food and cooking without judgement or pressure.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Backyard Sports & Fitness Camp - Backyard Sports & Fitness Camp
Program Description:This program will focus on all the fun that backyard games has to offer. Some examples of activities include kickball, capture the flag, and different forms of dodgeball. This is a way for participants to connect with their peers while playing backyard games that they love. This program is meant to be an extension of a Physical Education class outside of school. This program will encourage team building, while allowing participants to have a lot of fun!About the Instructor(s):Justin Miller is the owner and coach of Backyard Sports and Fitness. Justin is very passionate about fitness and health. He has devoted his lifestyle to physical training, athletics, and dietary habits for over 10 years. Just has helped coached many people along the way and enjoys sharing his knowledge with others to help them achieve their goals. Just is currently a physical education and health teacher at Wilby High School in Waterbury, CT and has experience working with children of all ages and fitness levels.Program Benefits: - Participants will have the opportunity to play a variety of classic backyard games and face opponents with varying skill levels, promoting fair and fun competition. - Participants will practice skills such as running, throwing, and strategic thinking. - Participants will work as a team to achieve common goals in a fun, relaxed environment.
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Food Explorers: Culinary Summer Camps - Summer in Italy - PM Camp
Program Descriptions:Join Food Explorers in creating delicious food and gain confidence in the kitchen! The ultimate summer adventure for young chefs and food enthusiasts, these camps offer a fun, hands-on learning experience designed to empower and inspire creativity in the kitchen and build a love for cooking while listening to their bodies. All recipes are nut free but do contain eggs, dairy and gluten. Ingredient substitutions are not possible.Program Note:Children who are registered for both the AM and PM camps must be picked up at the conclusion of the AM camp and dropped off again at the start of the PM camp. No supervision is available for the hour between sessions. We appreciate your understanding and cooperation. Program Benefits: Upon completion of each camp, participants will be able to: - explore and cook a variety of recipes related to the program's theme. - practice essential cooking and baking skills such as chopping, mixing, and plating. - work together to follow a multi-leveled recipe in a social, relaxed environment.About the Instructors: The Food Explorers team aims to inspire and empower children to learn valuable cooking skills and nurture a positive relationship with food. All Food Explorers recipes are uniquely designed to challenge kids in the kitchen and introduce them to new foods, flavors and cultures. Food Explorers instructors are trained around the concept of “Food Neutrality” in order to help children discover the joys of food and cooking without judgement or pressure.
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM
|
Bristol Blues Game
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM
|
USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation
This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Skyhawks Tiny Hawk Camp - Soccer & Basketball (Ages: 3-4) - Tiny Hawk Camp (Soccer & Basketball) - Session 1
Program Description:The essentials of soccer and basketball are introduced in a fun and safe environment with lots of encouragement. Children will learn balance, body movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development through a series of sports-specific games tailored to their attention spans.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will be able to:- Dribble a ball with their hand or foot. - Pass a ball to another person. - Stop a soccer ball (squish the bug).
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL/BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL/BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL/BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL/BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Toilet League @ Calm Yo Tips
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sets on the Beach @ Sorry, Running Late
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 1
Program Description:This multi-sport program was developed to give children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) their first step into athletics. The essentials of soccer, baseball, and basketball are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development at their own pace.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Be able to dribble a ball with one or both hands or feet. - Be able to throw and catch a ball. - Show basic understanding of all three sports (soccer, baseball, and basketball).
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rapids Softball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Co-Ed Softball
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sets on the Beach @ Toilet League
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sorry, Running Late @ Calm Yo Tips
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sandy Cheeks @ Roofing Service
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Just Keep Swinging @ Crankdat
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Bazooka @ Out of the Blue
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Barefoot Ballers @ TBD
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Out of the Blue @ Roofing Service
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Just Keep Swinging @ Barefoot Ballers
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Bazooka @ Sandy Cheeks
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Crankdat @ TBD
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday June 28, 2025
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Kickball
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (9:00-9:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (9:00-9:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (9:00-9:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (9:00-9:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
Diamond Kings
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Bristol Barnstormers
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
Tennis Lessons - Pee Wee Tennis - Spring
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis.
Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
10:40 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Tennis Lessons - Little Tennis - Spring
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis.
Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Volleyball Tournament
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Volleyball Tournament
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
|
|
|
|
|
11:20 AM - 12:05 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner Tennis - Spring
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis.
Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (DMAC)
This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $65 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.
We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Page Park Pool)
This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $65 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.
We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Rockwell Park Pool)
This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $65 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.
We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Higher Ground Christian Church
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Birthday Party
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Birthday Party
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Family Picnic/Kickball
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 1:00 PM
|
Tennis Lessons - Youth Int./Adv. Tennis - Spring
Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings:
Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games.
Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment.
Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis.
Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting.
Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play.
Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level.
No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Birthday Party
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Religious Service
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Birthday Party
|
|
|
|
|
Monday June 30, 2025
|
|
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, AM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Ai Chi- Mon, AM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 2
Program Description:This multi-sport program was developed to give children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) their first step into athletics. The essentials of soccer, baseball, and basketball are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development at their own pace.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Be able to dribble a ball with one or both hands or feet. - Be able to throw and catch a ball. - Show basic understanding of all three sports (soccer, baseball, and basketball).
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 1
Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM
|
Bristol Blues Game
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM
|
USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation
This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL/BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL/BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL/BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
BLL/BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
BGLLS
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, PM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday July 1, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Pilates- Tue, AM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 2
Program Description:This multi-sport program was developed to give children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) their first step into athletics. The essentials of soccer, baseball, and basketball are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development at their own pace.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Be able to dribble a ball with one or both hands or feet. - Be able to throw and catch a ball. - Show basic understanding of all three sports (soccer, baseball, and basketball).
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 1
Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
Whiz Kids Daycare
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Youth - Session 1
Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM
|
USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation
This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 11:45 PM
|
American Legion Senior Regular Season
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Adult - Session 1
Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rapids Softball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Special Needs Bowling & Social Program - Adult - Special Needs Bowling & Social Program
Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department offers a Special Needs Bowling program for individuals 6 & older in both the summer and winter. This is a fun opportunity to enjoy bowling and time with friends. Fee: $8 to be brought with participant to the bowling alley each meeting.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Sober Volleyball
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Sober Volleyball
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Zumba- Tue, PM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Adult - Session 2
Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rockin' Out at Rockwell- Summer Concert Series - Summer Concert - Spirit Shaker
Join BPRYCS this summer for our free weekly Summer Concert Series at the Rockwell Park Amphitheater. This year's series features 8 weeks outstanding performances every Tuesday Night from 6:30 - 8:00 PM beginning June 25th.Concerts will feature a variety of musical performances including Soul, Rhythm & Blues, Country & Classic Rock music and more to fill the air! Bring your family & friends, blankets & chairs, a grab dinner at the food trucks, and enjoy this free night of entertainment each week. June 24, 2025: Lori and the Legends (Pop, Classic Rock, Soul) Food Truck(s)*: Rock Solid Grill, I Know a Guy Foods, Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 1, 2025: Spirit Shaker (Hard Rock, 70’s/80’s/90’s)Food Truck(s)*: Rock Solid Grill, Dem Boyz Grill & Catering, Quenchies Boba Tea & LemonadeJuly 8, 2025: Latanya Farrell (Soul/ R&B) Food Truck(s)*: K&D Grill, Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 15, 2025: The Speakers (Danceable Funk-Rock)Food Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern, Rita's Ice July 22, 2025: Badfoot (Modern Country Hits)Food Truck(s)*: The Cluck Truck, I Know a Guy Foods, Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 29, 2025: Al Fenton Big Band (Big Band Jazz)Food Truck(s)*: The Cluck TruckAugust 5, 2025: What It Is (Funk/ Soul/ R&B)Food Truck(s)*: K&D Grill, Dem Boyz Grill & Catering, Rita's Ice August 12, 2025: Ace and Friends (Soul/R&B) Food Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern, I Know a Guy Foods>> DOWNLOAD THE SCHEDULE HERE << Join us every Tuesday evening beginning June 24th, for a night out enjoying live music by your favorite local area bands!The 2025 Rockin' Out at Rockwell Summer Concert Series is sponsored by the West End Association of Bristol and Xfinity. We'll be featuring a different local food truck every week, brought to you by the West End Association of Bristol. *Food Trucks Subject to change
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 2, 2025
|
|
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Wed, AM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
8:15 AM - 9:00 AM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Arthritis (Fountain of Youth)- Wed, AM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 1
Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Arthritis (Intervals)- Wed, AM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 2
Program Description:This multi-sport program was developed to give children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) their first step into athletics. The essentials of soccer, baseball, and basketball are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development at their own pace.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Be able to dribble a ball with one or both hands or feet. - Be able to throw and catch a ball. - Show basic understanding of all three sports (soccer, baseball, and basketball).
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM
|
Bristol Blues Game
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM
|
USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation
This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Co-Ed Softball
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Fit Float- Wed, PM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday July 3, 2025
|
|
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- TH, AM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 6:00 PM
|
Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 1
Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Hydrorider- Thurs, AM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 2
Program Description:This multi-sport program was developed to give children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) their first step into athletics. The essentials of soccer, baseball, and basketball are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development at their own pace.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Be able to dribble a ball with one or both hands or feet. - Be able to throw and catch a ball. - Show basic understanding of all three sports (soccer, baseball, and basketball).
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Learning Through Books - Learning Through Books
Program Description:Learning Through Books is a free developmental play group for Bristol Residents where parents and children ages 2 - 5 years use books and crafts to explore language, social emotional skills, counting, and engage with other parents, caregivers, and children. Books are read aloud to the group and provided for each child to take home. Craft materials and snacks are provided for each session as well. Please note, registration for this program closes at 11:59 PM on Sunday, June 15th. About the Instructor: Aubrey Minkler is the Community Services Coordinator for the City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services department. For more information, please contact Aubrey at (860) 314-4690 or aubreyminkler@bristolct.govProgram Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will be able to: - listen and engage with one book per week. - explore sounds, words, and language through imaginative play. - identify different emotions.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
BBGC: Future Champions Gymnastics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Youth - Session 1
Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM
|
USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation
This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Adult - Session 1
Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sorry, Running Late @ Sets on the Beach
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Calm Yo Tips @ Toilet League
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rapids Softball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM
|
Co-Ed Softball
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Adult - Session 2
Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Calm Yo Tips @ Sorry, Running Late
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Toilet League @ Sets on the Beach
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
7:15 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- TH, PM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Out of the Blue @ TBD
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Bazooka @ Barefoot Ballers
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Crankdat @ Roofing Service
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Just Keep Swinging @ Sandy Cheeks
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Crankdat @ Out of the Blue
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sandy Cheeks @ Barefoot Ballers
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Roofing Service @ TBD
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Just Keep Swinging @ Bazooka
Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
|
|
|
|
|
Friday July 4, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025
The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Hydrorider- Fr, AM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am)
No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment. Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am)
Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2). PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Bristol Blues Game
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025
Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM
|
USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation
This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Bootcamp- Fri, PM
There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level. About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi. Additional Information as Needed: - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants. - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve. - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM
|
DCF Youth Self Care
|
|
|
|